diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git')
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 13705 |
1 files changed, 6817 insertions, 6888 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git index 205167523..128f62872 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git @@ -1,6888 +1,6817 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-@media screen {
- body {
- max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
- margin-left: 16em;
- }
-
- #toc {
- position: fixed;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- bottom: 0;
- width: 13em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin: 0;
- overflow: auto;
- border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
- background-color: white;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel1 {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel2 {
- margin-top: 0.25em;
- display: list-item;
- color: #aaaaaa;
- }
-
- #toctitle {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-}
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
-d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
-infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
-en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
-rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
- équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
- son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
- plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
- ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
- Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
- interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
- partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
- ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
- intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
- d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
- d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
- logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
- exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
- vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
- intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
- plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
- n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
-basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
-Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
-matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
-disponibles.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
-installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
-problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
-<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
-rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
-des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
-dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
-logicielles.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
-professionnels</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external
-controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are
-provided:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the
-keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see
-image below). For instance, if one typed the word "<em>weights</em>" into the
-search text box, this word will be searched for throughout this user
-manual. To the right of the search text box are two arrows pointing upwards
-and downwards. Selecting these allow finding, respectively, the previous and
-the next occurence of the term being searched for.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. One can move between links (underlined words allowing
-one to jump to specific sections in this user manual) by right-clicking on
-the text of the manual. This brings up a context menu for jumping to
-previous links selected while reading the manual (see image above). For
-instance if a link in the manual has been selected, then the option to <em>Go
-Back</em> shows the text at the last link that was selected (similar to the
-Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option
-enables jumping to the text perused before selecting the <em>Go Back</em>
-option. The <em>Reload</em> option causes the complete user manual to be reloaded
-into the user manual window.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
-utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
-informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
-utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
-apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
-informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
-extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
-développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
-des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
-sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
-communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
-plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
-nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
-ligne de commande.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
-principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
-Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
-quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
-plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
-être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
-dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
-pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
-important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
-l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
-plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
-sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
-statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
-en surbrillance.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
-graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
-taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
-séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
-positions.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
-l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
-<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
-part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
-surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
-plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
-panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
-durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
-nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
-en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
-permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
-toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
-principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
-clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
-souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
-d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
-touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
-information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
-disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
-carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
-principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
-nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
-enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
-faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
-ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
-données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
- de
- carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
- au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
- n’a pas
- utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
- carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
- à la main</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
- tableur
- soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
- Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
- le profil de profondeur de la
- plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
- utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
- de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
- plongée. Voir
- <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
- sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
- plongées.
- Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
- des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
-record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
-information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
-duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
-guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
-information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
-select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
-panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
-(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
-a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
-<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
-now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
-<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
-<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
-panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
-dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
-<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
-information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
-information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
-Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
-log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
-function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
-<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
-best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
-profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
-below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
-top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
-the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
-itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
-on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
-dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
-downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
-segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
-right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
-the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
-a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
-stop at 5 m.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
-indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
-first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
-case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
-can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
-selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
-waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
-waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
-the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
-have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
-used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
-tabs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
-information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
-rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
-capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
-using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
-of supported dive computers can be found at:
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
-Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
-PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
-therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
-when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
-Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
-should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
-dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
-<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
-with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
-mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
-dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
-appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
-dive information.
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
-A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
-different operating systems and
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
-B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
-be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
- or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
- (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
- Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
-though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
-reason, if the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
-that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
-on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
-least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
- <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
- Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
- name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
- (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
- port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
- computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
- A</a> and
- <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
- B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
- a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct
- settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is
- running.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
- checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
- downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
- deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
- the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
- (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
- download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
- computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
- box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
- during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
- and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
- divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
- downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
- <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
- when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can
- see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
- make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
- some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
- bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
- could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
- is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
- <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
- appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image
- <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
- and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
- need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
- the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive
- List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
- imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
- time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
- power.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
-transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
- message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
- Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery
- must be charged or replaced.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other
- software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being
- used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
- A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
- USB port? If not, consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
- A</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing
-an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
-possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the
-most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and
-<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with
-the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed
-above:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
-Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
-during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
-When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to
-save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log is kept.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
-checked, no dives are added to the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>subsurface.log
-subsurface.bin</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
-<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
-analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
-information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
-computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the
-OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
-Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
-requires four steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
- PC upload mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive
-computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled
-<em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand
-side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
-the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
-<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
-below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check
-box.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the
-local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed
-correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other
-Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the
-first two steps above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and
-that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of
-the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has
-been achieved.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue
-above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should
-be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list
-box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not
-achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth
-devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em>
-should see the dive computer. The label of the discovered dive computer
-contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the
-device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be
-opened by selecting the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em>
-option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer is being
-paired to Subsurface for the first time, it is possible that Subsurface will
-request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
-and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user
-manual of the dive computer being used.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
-computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
-other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be
-pressed. This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the
-<em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The
-downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
-right is not displayed as is the case on the Linux/Mac implementations. To
-successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) check that the
-Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting the
-dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image
-above). If the dive computer is accessed by Subsurface for the first time,
-it is possible that Subsurface will request a Pass Code/PIN number. Supply
-the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer. A Pass
-Code of 0000 is often appropriate.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
-process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
-permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
-device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
-discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the
-<em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to
-complete.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use
-Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet
-One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it will definitely not
-work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
-(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
-shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
-another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
-dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
-mode"</em> option.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
- <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
- <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
-information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
-with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
-upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
-computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
-from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
-perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
-Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
-dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
-In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
-another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
-<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
-the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
-upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
-saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
-device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
-computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
-fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
-on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
-information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
-hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
-entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date
-and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
-and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the
-contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
-a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
-edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
-(left hand image, below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
-information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
-clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
-correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
-minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
-box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
-in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
-temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
-If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
-might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
-the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
-If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
-automatically supplied by
-<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
-be used).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive
-information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore not be edited
-at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
-information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
-by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab before editing the dive site
-information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled
-<em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If
-several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information
-for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be
-edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed
-at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe
-button on the right of the location name (see image on the right,
-above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names
-makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the
-name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar
-names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing
-name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe
-symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) or a
-<strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
-current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site
-database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a
-message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the
-coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
-above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
-three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
- of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
- location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
- location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar
- disappears and the coordinates are stored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
- user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
- dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
- more information</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
- formats with latitude followed by longitude:
-</p>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
-minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
-e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
-30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
-negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
-a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
-don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
-W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the
-dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
-the panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
-name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name
-causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
-dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
-same).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
-text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
-This is achieved when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
-based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
-automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
-(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
-of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
-current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
-dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
-Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
-site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
-the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
-performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
-Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
-rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
-entered in this field
-which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
-the current logbook.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
-(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
-dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
-offered.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
-Auto selection of the suit description is available.
-Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
-suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
-dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
-here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
-cave, etc.
-<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
-program
-will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
-typed
-<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
-information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
-there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
-added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
-example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
-and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
-box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
-of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
-determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
-like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
-computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
-and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
-table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
-for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
-information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a
-cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
-in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
-the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
-brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
-cylinders:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
-used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
-available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
-well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
-the dialogue.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
-specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
-corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
-be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
-their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
-inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
-the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
-clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
-additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
-hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
-cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
-using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
-clicks
-the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
-a down-arrow:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
-the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
-mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
-in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
-system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
-clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter
-information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
-using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
-using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
-for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
-each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
-items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
-fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
-fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
-that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
-equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
-and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
-these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
-fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
-notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
-information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
-particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
-editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
-dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
-the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
-edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
-the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
-several similar dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
-dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
-components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
-the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
-copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
-List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
-from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
-dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
-log.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
-events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
-buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
- the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
- on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
- below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
- below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
- below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
- shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
-saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
-the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
-image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
-newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
-dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
-prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
-computer disk.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
-were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
-retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
-log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
-has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
-be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
-log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
-files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
-configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
-can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
-import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
-computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
-software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
-logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
-from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
-logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
-should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
-→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
-computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
-<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
-the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
-other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
-significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
-entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
-<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
-interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
-on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
-<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
-available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
- systems)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cochran dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDCF-formatted dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-LiquiVision logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-divelog.de logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-OSTC Tools logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
-window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
-imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
-accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
-below.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
-tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
-data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
-extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
-the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
-select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
-logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
-<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
-<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
-and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
-useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
-only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
-<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
-important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
-multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
-into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
-process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
- using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
- for more information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
- user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
- <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
- instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
- <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
- instructions below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
-dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
-selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
-below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
-fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
-starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
-end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
-below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
-dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
-as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
-circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
-in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
-allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
-packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
-Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
-exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
-<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
-information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
-organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
-<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
-line.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
- that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
- dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
- about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
- two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
- text, following the order of the column headings.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
- about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
- intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
- pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
- single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
- previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
- information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
- closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
- that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
-know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
- data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
- TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
- editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
- semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
- not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
- TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
- details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
- editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
- positions.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
-straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
-the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
-right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
-that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
-pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
-software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
-originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
-use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
-lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
-or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
-(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
-imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
-successful import of the data.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
-appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
-column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
-immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
-balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
-<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
-# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
-then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
-appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
-column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
-in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
-depicted in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
-of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
-dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
-right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
-in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
-Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
-information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
-TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
-data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
-ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
-or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
-Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
-between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
-graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
-also be used to import information from other sources such as
-spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
-important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
-used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
-frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
-exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
-specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
-organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
-the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
-field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
-<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
-using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
-in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
-comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
-characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
-line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
-character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
-the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
-be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
-example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
-computer:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
-headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
-file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
-therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
-file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
-characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
-quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
-UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
-<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
-details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
-used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
-smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
-<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
-for the diving
-location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
-a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
-the localities from the file server.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
- page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
- will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
- Companion App capabilities.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the app from
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
- Store</a> or from
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
- page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
- option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
- the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
- to activate the account.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
- email to recover the number.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
- saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
- <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
-the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
-Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
-synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
-Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
-any dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
-showed with 3 options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
- is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
- map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
- desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
- marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
- the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
- name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
- order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
- time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
- located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
- stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
- then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
- sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
-time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
-selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
-server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
-location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
-(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
-selected.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
-or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
-changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
-and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
-from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
-location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
-where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
-it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
-of the screen:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
- location.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
-upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
-simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
-arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
-should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
-be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
-(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
- easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
- email but, of course, users can also type this information.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
- and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
- is automatically sent to the server.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
-running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
-collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
- minutes until stopped by the user.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
-50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
-at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
-every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations
-are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
-not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
-user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
-50 meters.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
-the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
-settings.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
-resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
-can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
-ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
-download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
-(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
-"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
-location information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
-location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
-continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
-import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
-times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
-adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
-appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
-bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
-can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
-list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
-dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and
-there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
-<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
-download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
-Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
-image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
-blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
-download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
-update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
-which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
-dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
-entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
-GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
-information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
-assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
-information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
-range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
-is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
-Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
-for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
-the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
-<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
-in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
-subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
-the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
-the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
-GPS data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
- with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
- but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
- delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
- up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
- server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
- necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
- dives in the web service map display (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
- the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
- Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
- dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
-during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
-dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
-superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
-right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
-Images</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
-to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
-problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
-computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
-dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
-achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
-position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
- the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
- difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
- settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
- both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
- difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
- immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
- If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
- tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
- In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
- 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
- in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
- photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
- the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
- each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
- the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
- the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
- a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
- photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
- appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
- when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
- so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
- date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
- camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
- Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
- date-time.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
-dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
- reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos
- on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
- the left of the dive profile:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
-photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
-been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
-dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
-selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
-is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
-the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
-tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
-(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
-accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
-accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
-indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
-thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
-thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
-window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
-(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
-removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
-such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
-the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
-interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
-associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
-procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
-However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
-access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using
-the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
-small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition
-the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
-behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
-again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
- where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
- opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
- machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
- photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
- cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
- may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
- process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
- other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
- into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
- following steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
- where photos have been moved
- to,
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
- calculated when a photo was
- loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
- automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
- the photo in the new moved directory.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
- which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
- the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
- complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can
-be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. When manipulating images, ensure that all the
-images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
-fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
-- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive
- Profile</strong>.
-- One edits anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting
- <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
-cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
-enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
-needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
-needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by
-technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
-there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
- the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
- specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
- provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
- by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
- record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
- was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
- in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
- right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
- those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
- <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
- tank bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
-cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
-with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
-decompression.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
-both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
-configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
-recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
-dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three
-steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
- cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
- cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
- <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
- from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
- that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
- has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
- from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
- specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
- image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
- from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
- Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
- selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
- currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
- to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
- profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
- profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
- the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
- for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
-logging tool.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
-diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
-while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
-(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
-a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
-(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
-breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
-recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
-amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
-active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
-released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
-outlined above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
- Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
- cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
- <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
-adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
-longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
-EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
-lasted over two hours.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
-has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
-concentration:
-a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
-regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
-CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
-development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
-Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
-recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
-download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
-independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
-directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
-same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
-dive at a time.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
-information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
-select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
-<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
-section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
-list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
-includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
-equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
-format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
-the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
-case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
-appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
-the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the
-<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
-information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
-recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
-composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
-pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
-partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
-during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
-given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
-follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
- differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
- sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
- spurious data, it is ignored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
- the setpoint.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
-oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
-turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
-(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
-Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
-representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
-appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
-oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
-<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
-setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
-partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
-partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
-oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
-as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 1: grey
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 2: blue
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 3: brown
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
-comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
-abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
-both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
-if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
-circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
-over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
-the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
-the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
-two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
-addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
-shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
-including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
-cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
-readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
-<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
-include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
-precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
-the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
-however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
-the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
-ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
-dive profile:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
-this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
-<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
-computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
-Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
-B</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
-been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
-surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
-the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
-oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
-consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
-pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
-<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
-easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
-information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
-comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
-times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
-information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
-extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
-more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
-Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
-figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
-dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
-minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
-surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
-deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
-detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
-the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
-functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
-Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
-obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
-compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
-column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
-graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
-peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
-to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
-Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
-the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
-the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
-placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
-N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
-dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
-repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
-those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
-pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
-during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
-graphs.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
-during the dive.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
-during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
-Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
-the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
-manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
-line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
-user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
-using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
-relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
-consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
-of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
-the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
-information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
-rate sensor.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
-the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
-<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
-and 30m
- (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
-something
-that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
-<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
-done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
-user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
-area underneath the two red dots.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
-selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
-indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
-active, the photos are hidden.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
-precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
-particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
-ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
-diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
-either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
-the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
-available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
-make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
-calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
-profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
-available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
-calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
-<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
-(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
-a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
-non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
-section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
-the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
-each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
-ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
-helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
-encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
-deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
-bottom times.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
-<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
-checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
-ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
-particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
-ways:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
-clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
-Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
-then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
-represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
-general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
-helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
-trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
-(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
-blue bar.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
-(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
-ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
-tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
-ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
-limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
-divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
-offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
-pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
-representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast,
-the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
-on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
-the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
-profile.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
-depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
-<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
-used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
-the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
-gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
-but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
-dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
-the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
-creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
-changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
-Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
-time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
-button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
-a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
-based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
-change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
-in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
-from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
-closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing
-marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
-allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
-to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
-dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
-<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
-left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
-around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
-that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
-Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
-box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
-the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
-right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
-situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
-moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
-show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
-Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
-characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
-dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
-ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
-maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
-depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
-at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
-ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
-compartments.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
-four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
-Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
-dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
-oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
-<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
-text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly
-increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the
-<strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time
-duration that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth,
-that does not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling
-appears). Once one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
-is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of
-minutes required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as
-well as decompression time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air
-consumption (SAC) for the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains
-several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated
-using the current gas. For TTS longer than 2 hours, it is not accurately
-calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
-Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
-respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
-respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
-double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
-of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
-that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
-SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
-dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
-dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
-other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
-breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
-same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
-hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
-dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
-air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
-nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
-the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
-equalling the END.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
-data.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
-pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
-applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
-dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
-drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
-the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
- light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
- measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
- area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
- indicate absolute pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
- equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
- nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
- combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
- pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
- gas pressure value.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
- inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
- algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
- the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
- gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh
- values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
- <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
- M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
- is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
-Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
-side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
- surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
- equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
- tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
- pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
- compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
- the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
- (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
- slowly increasing in pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
- during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
- bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
- exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
- value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
- exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
- minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
- pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
- the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
- diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
-using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
-a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
-Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
-information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
-bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
-brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
-above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
-the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately
-updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and
-used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
-sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
-numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
-non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
-automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
-date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
-may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
-(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
-respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
-results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
-dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
-Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
-requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
-process.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
-can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
-date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
-single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
-ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
-dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
-having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
-list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
-now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
-title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
-title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
-panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
-location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
-dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
-during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
-the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
-trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
-expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
-the trip.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
-several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
-includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
-by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
-above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
-(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and
-right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the
-user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
-above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
-figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
-completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
-dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
-workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
-duration.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
-this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
-menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
-appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
-on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
-within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
-bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
-to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
-dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and
-right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context
-menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then
-specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
-adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
-should be ealier or later.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
-surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
-the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
-panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
-appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
-selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
-information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
-to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
-that were merged:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
-redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
-<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
-the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
-<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
-only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
-dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
-one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
-dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
-opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
-are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
-<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
-the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by
-selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are
-shown. The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the
-panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong>
-with the white cross.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
-(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
-by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
-filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
-check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
-check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
-"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
-terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
-of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
-dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
-check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
-therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
-within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
-those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
- destinations ou formats</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
-d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
-identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
-sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est
-présenté (image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l’identifiant et le
-mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de
-l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter de
-Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it is easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em>
-has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on
-→ Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed
-out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active
-(i.e. in black colour and can be selected).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
-plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
-est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si, à
-partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, vous sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em>,
-une fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront
-transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour
-transférer un profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album
-<em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche
-permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer
-avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de
-texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez
-facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de
-plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées,
-sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un
-moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
-marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
-modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis
-un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape
-supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des
-publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
-sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
-principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
-préférences Facebook.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
-<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
-gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
-List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
-below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
- information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
- dive computers and computer programs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
- <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
- <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
- service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
- recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
- so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
- profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
- duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
- that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
- including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
- dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
- an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
- must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
- most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
- the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
- pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to
- search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
- Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export
- all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very
- portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the
- dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s
- original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
- some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one
- selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
- in text, as shown in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
- all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
- List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
- were taken.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
- numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
- starting from 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
- be attached to the HTML exports.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
- and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
- size and theme.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
-instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
-record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
-information required for admission to further training courses or
-(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
-critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
-computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
-solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
-from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
-reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
-dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
-back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
-dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
-local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
-a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
-steps:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
- <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
- dive log in the cloud.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
- (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
- the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
- email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
- box, not visible previously.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
-(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
-address confirmation)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
-will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
- <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
-These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
-cloud storage</em> server.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
-storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
- This means that the data from
-the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
-functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
-data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
-connected to the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
-one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
-<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
-log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
-the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
-dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
-logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
-cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
-don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
-cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For
-instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
-allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
-desktop computer.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
-on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
-the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
-<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
-local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
-connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
-copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
-whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
-from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
-access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
-(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
-Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
-log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
-<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
-<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
-Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
-in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
-same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
- Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
- dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
- should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
- the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
-(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
-information and page layout:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
- other information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print options</em> select:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
- print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
- check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
- this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
-several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
- dive profiles
- of each dive (see below):
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
- below)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
-the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
-changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
-layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
-section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
-operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
-(see image below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
-the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
-dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
-page.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
-printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
-a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
-existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
-dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
-information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
-les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
-et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
-Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
-lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
-votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour
-télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de
-plongée est connu. Voir
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
-sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
-menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
-panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
-plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
-suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
- dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
- de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
- l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
- dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
- il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
-selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are performed in seven groups:
-<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and
-<strong>Georeference</strong>, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must
-specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
-using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
-leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected,
-changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
- <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and
- file name of one’s
- electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
- launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
- as described above.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
- device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
- dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
- keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
- the dive list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
- the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
- animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
- dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
- happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
- by setting this slider
- with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
- at all.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
- cleared and set to default values.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
-volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
-button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen
-measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
-button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
-system and others in imperial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
-seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
-represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
-as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
-the dive profile:
-<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
- the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
- panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
- Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
- highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
-</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
- for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
-<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
- the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
- Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
- from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
- gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a
- dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
-</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
-<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates
- the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the
- ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Misc</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
- the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
- At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
- Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
- similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
- the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
- respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
- factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
- harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
- deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
- all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
- graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
- values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
- values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
- See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
- CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
- during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
- profile context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
- volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
- and decompression calculations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
- environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
- pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
-cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
-same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this
-is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a
-language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The
-<em>Filter</em> text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there
-are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular
-preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
-on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
-to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are
-determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
-Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Proxy type</em>:
-If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
-after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
-be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
-password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
-through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
-from one’s ISP.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
- and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information
- regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
- Two additional options are given:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
- while the user performs other tasks within <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
- information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
- long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
- checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
- is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
-transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
-connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
-Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
-connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
-effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
-plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
-of a dive site (derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
-right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
-<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find
-the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works
-if <em>Subsurface</em> has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site
-name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em>
-(see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
-selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
-nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
-addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
-is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
-used under the following conditions:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
- perform dive planning.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
- <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
- or personal history or life style characteristics.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
- used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
- not use this feature.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
-sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
-into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
-divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
-and Notes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
-the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
-below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
-use.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
-Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
-that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
-messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
- above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open Circuit (the default)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Choose the Open Circuit option.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
- dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
- intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
- site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
- assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
- cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
- cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
- <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the
- cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown
- list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen
- concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain
- air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes
- provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to
- the top right-hand of the dialogue.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
- a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
- double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
- right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
- the resulting context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
- values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
- table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
- surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
- set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
- usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
- calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
- at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
- points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the
-non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can
-stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression
-stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The
-planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in
-previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can
-take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational
-dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken
-into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth
-corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
-means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during
-previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load
-according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a
-similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This
-means that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading for not
-remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a
-longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
-upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
-allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
- and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
- starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
- <em>Available gases</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
- air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
- under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
- rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
- with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
- bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
- used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to
- bring one’s buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
- sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard to
- estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of
- pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em>
- can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the
- amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still
- uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the
- additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one’s
- pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is
- user configurable.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
- dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
- table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
- this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
- dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
- dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will
- automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
- within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
- considered safe for recreational divers.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
-no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
-settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
-assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
-load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
-amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
-<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
-duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
-gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
-means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
-duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
-metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
-dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
-information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
-sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
-using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
-as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
-to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
-model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
-need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
-panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
-the planner), the new values are
-used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
- ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
-on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
-tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
-results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
-selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
-physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
-practice.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
- M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
- factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
-for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
-1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
-modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
-and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
-depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
-light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
-in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
-the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
-<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
-dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
-the dive setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
-pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
-The most commonly
-used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
-stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
-<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
-ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
-cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
-sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
-of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
-litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
-dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
-is not sufficient and one needs to
-monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
-The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
-if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
-the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
-For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
-dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
-part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
-hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
-activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
-in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
-dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
-waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
-profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
-depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent
-part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
-that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
-oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
-BLUE to RED.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
-table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
-value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
-specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
-features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
-deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
-ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
-points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
-waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
-keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
-edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
-plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
-Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
-explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
-defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
-automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
-surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
-change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
-appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
-points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
-segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
-manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
-computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
-last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
-set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
-considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
-using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
-button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
-appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
-exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
-by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
-planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
-dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
-plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
-during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
-each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
-INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
-transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
-from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
-<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
-The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
-from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
-ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
-accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
-pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
-details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
-cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
-are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
-are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
-to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
-in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
-the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
-diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
-cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
-the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
-use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
-in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
-means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
-using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
-CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
-algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,
-of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
-is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
-List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
-change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
-will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
-to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
-dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
-saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
-two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
-decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
-repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
-Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
-the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
-then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
-and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
-dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
-completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
-template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
-now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
-template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
-into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
-Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
-Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
-dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
-gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
-designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
-planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
-Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
-it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
-calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
-process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
-facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
-paste to a word processor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
-principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
-des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
- actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
- carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
- ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
- ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
- formats.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
- ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
- have been moved to
- a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
- dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
- configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
- Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
- informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
- Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
- (téléphones et tablettes).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
- informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
- plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
- from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
- planifier des plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
- plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
- sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
- champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
- sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
- préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
- le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
- <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
- les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
- certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
- <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
- <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
- plongée</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
- mondiale</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
- plongées effectuées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer,
- switch to data from
- ordinateur de plongée précédent.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
- Facebook.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
- <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
- Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
- <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
- meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
- sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
-communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
-l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
- plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
- l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
- protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
- particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
- première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
- port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
-manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
-quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
-le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
-sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
-<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
-de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
-généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
-bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
-désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
-où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
-nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
-tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
-connectés.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ouvrir un terminal
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
-détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
-utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
-que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
-USB :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
-que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
-root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
-utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
-d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
-<code>dialout</code>.
-Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
-vérifiez que
-l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
-être listé
-parmi les différents IDs.
-Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
-Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
-en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
-vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
-Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
-different procedure to get the devices name to communicate with
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
-guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log →
-Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
-choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
-should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
-Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
-<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
-computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
-instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
-contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
-using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
-Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
-devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
-be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
-Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
-distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
-straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
-of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
-with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
-that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
-have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
-others.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
-device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
-will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
-process.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Establish an RFCOMM connection
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dives with Subsurface
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>,
-<em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then
-<em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and
-will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait
-CMD …</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from
-Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
-The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
-most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
-is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
-the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
-the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
-computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
-select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
-password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
-computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
-line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
-status</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
-connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
-controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
-plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
-power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
-controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
-5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
-bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
-<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
-there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
-<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
-reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
-mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
-computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
-in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
-determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
-Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
-listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
-forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
-upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
-<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
-(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
-(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
-system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
-equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
-similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
-that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
-one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
-UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
-Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
-distribution. On Fedora it usually is
-<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
-suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
-Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
-(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
-cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
-the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
-dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
-or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
-displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
-straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
-reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
-download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
-more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
-the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
-based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
-manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
-companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
-the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
-the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
-<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
-<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
-the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
-name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
-computer and download dive information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
-available from some Internet web sites e.g.
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
-Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
-ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
-ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
-for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
-file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
-Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
-so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
-in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
-calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
-the DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
-option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
-available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
-does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
-<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
-in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
-by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
-BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
-section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
-communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
-obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
-application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
-logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
-IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
-comprising three files:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
- extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
- version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
-information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
-downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
-when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
-Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
-managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
-of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
- Clipboard</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
- file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
- <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
- <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
- above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
- in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
- APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
- it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
- possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
- importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
- viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
- has been completed)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
-computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
-selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
-pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
-entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
-performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
-then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
-information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
-some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
-data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
-Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
-Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
-Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
-different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
-naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
- appropriate dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
- last dive
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
- <em>Export Path</em>.
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-A file-manager like window pops up
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Navigate to the directory for storing the
- Divelog.SDE file
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optionally change the name of the file for saving
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
-divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
-dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
-a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Help → About</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Now open Windows Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
- DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
-downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
-The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
-C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
-directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
-Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
-database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
-computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
-of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
-format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
- back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
- DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
- file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
-the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
-the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
-units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
-readily available for us.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Settings</em> button
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Close the Settings dialog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
-dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
-the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
-numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
-données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
-tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
-pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
-un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
-fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
-selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
-pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
-et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
-ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
-Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
-Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
-règles simples :</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
- entre les unités impériales et métriques)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
- virgules.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
- 30.22496 30.821798
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
-source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
-and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
-should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
-of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
-Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
-file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
-to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
-then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
-then import the dive data as explained on the section
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
-accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
-Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
-Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
-character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
-outlined below.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
- Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
- click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
- Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
- file, type the word TAB in the box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>OK</em> twice.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
-top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
-right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
-alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
-marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
-the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
-that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
-text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
-dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
-written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
-to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
-<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
-modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
-dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
-one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
-(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final
-desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
- template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
- editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
- printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
- buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
- components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
- template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
- primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
- a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
- be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
- the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
- no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
- specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
- allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
- should be rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
-directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
-modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
-the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
-template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
-backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
- {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
-<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
-<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
-is shown in the following table:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
-contains a single member:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
-<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
-in the following table should be added.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
-in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
-data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
-in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
-one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
-rendering mode</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render 6 dives per page:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render as much dives as possible:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
-page size.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
-with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
-calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
-gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
-it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
-consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
-end pressure)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
-theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
-don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
-one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
-calculation is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
-It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
-fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
-high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
-majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
-the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
-calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
-compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
-eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
-pressure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
-be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
-mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
-becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
-contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
-pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
-divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
-differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
-trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
-your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
-because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
-it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
-even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
-dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
-at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
-dive”.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
-though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
-dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The
-history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
-time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
-profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
-of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
-and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
-overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
-30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
-they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import
-these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
-salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2015-12-15 13:35:30 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +@media screen { + body { + max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */ + margin-left: 16em; + } + + #toc { + position: fixed; + top: 0; + left: 0; + bottom: 0; + width: 13em; + padding: 0.5em; + padding-bottom: 1.5em; + margin: 0; + overflow: auto; + border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8; + background-color: white; + } + + #toc .toclevel1 { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } + + #toc .toclevel2 { + margin-top: 0.25em; + display: list-item; + color: #aaaaaa; + } + + #toctitle { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } +} +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé +d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne +infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées +en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par +rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des + équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec + son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des + plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert + ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée + Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une + interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à + partir de tous ces équipements de plongée, en enregistrant et en analysant + ces enregistrements dans un système unique. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est + intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet + d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système + d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac mais votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des + logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par + exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser + vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui + intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ? +Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’nregistrer et de sauvegarder vos plongées sur +Internet, vous permettant de les voir depuis n’importe où en utilisant un +navigateur Internet ? <em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou +plus récent), les Macs basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses +distributions Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de +plateformes matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et +libdivecomputer sont disponibles. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce manuel explique comment utiliser le programme <em>Subsurface</em>. Pour +installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de +problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur +<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et +rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour +des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses +dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources +logicielles.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs +professionnels</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external +controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are +provided:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the +keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see +image below). For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search +text box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the search +text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find the previous and +the next occurrence of the search term. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" /> +</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that jump to +specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the +manual. This brings up a context menu to previous links selected. (see +image above). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option to +<em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the last link selected (similar to the Previous +Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option jumps to the +text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em> option reloads +the complete user manual into the window.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible +way, it’s important to have user information. Upon launching <em>Subsurface</em> +and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It +is entirely optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to +the <em>Subsurface</em> development team. All data the user sends is useful, and +will only be used to steer future development and to customize the software +to fit the needs of the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or +click the option not to be asked again, that should be the last +communication of this type you receive. However, if your diving and/or +subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in another survey, just launch +<em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu +principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour +Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les +quatre panneaux sont :</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the user’s dive +log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on +it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch between +dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world +map and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the dive +selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive +or for all highlighted dive(s).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the +selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of the +panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next +time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last +time the program was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed +information and profile of the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective +panels. If several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the +<em>selected dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the +<strong>Stats</strong> tab of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, +durations, water temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives +selected).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the +<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour +toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options +can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a +particular system are shown with an underline in the main menu +entries. Since different Operating Systems and the user’s chosen language +may cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different shortcut keys, they are not listed +in this user manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no information at +all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the +following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be +explained.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are +cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an +open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be saved +before a new logbook is created.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it. +<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook. +1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme + de + carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées + au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes : + - Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’t + utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un + carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée + à la main</a></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un + tableur + soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D : + Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à + <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>. +If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile and a large +amount of additional information can be accessed. These dives can be +imported from: +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer + de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de + plongée. Voir + <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres + sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. + Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir + des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic +record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important +information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, +duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive +guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more +information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log → Add +Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels on which to +enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical +profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, +<span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be +explained for data entry.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters +<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the +<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the +panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a +dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, +<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the +information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the +information for this specific dive is saved in memory. The <em>Apply changes</em> +button should ONLY be selected after all parts of a dive have been +entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time +whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a +function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, +<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to +best represent the dive described:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive +profile, its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below. +The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the +black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are +determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises +several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as +shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the dive depth was 20 m +then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints downward to 20 m. To add a +waypoint, double-click on any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, +drag it. To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this +point" from the context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an accurate +time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for +30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated +along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas +mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the +profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can be +changed by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and selecting the +appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a waypoint +affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that waypoint. Note +that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the context +menu (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have a fuller +record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the +top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on +<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of +information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, +rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can +capture this information, using dive details from a wide range of dive +computers. The latest list of supported dive computers can be found at: +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> +Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in PC-Communication +mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We recommend the +user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when connected to the +USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive computers do +not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to the dive +computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its +batteries while connected to the USB port.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with +<em>Subsurface</em>, the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one +another. This involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) +of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive +computer. To set up this communication, users need to find the appropriate +information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive +information. +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix +A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for +different operating systems and +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix +B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these +steps:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red + or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. + (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive + Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears: +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even though +these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if +the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not +been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster on most dive +computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at least for +those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the + <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, + Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model + name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 + (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth + port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive + computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix + A</a> and + <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix + B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for + a specific dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings + to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the + checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only + downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> + panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally + deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from + the dive computer, this box needs to be checked. Some dive computers + (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the + download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive + computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check + box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, + during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer + and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> + divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the + downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and + <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools + when there are problems with downloads(see below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, you can + see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the + make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take + some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the + bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers progress + information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’t know how much + downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful + download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have + been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of + the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, + with the date, duration and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: + check all the dives that need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the + case of the image above, the last six dives are checked and will be + transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of + the dialogue. All the imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by + date and time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its + battery power. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then click the OK button. The checked dives are transferred to the <strong>Dive +List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error + message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 + Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Check the following:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace + it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other software? + Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are + the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix + A</a> to be sure the correct Mount Point was specified (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the + USB port? If not, consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix + A</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by showing +an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a +possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most +common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and +<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It’s also possible the <em>Subsurface</em> computer cannot +interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the +following two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile +Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered +during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked. +When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the +<em>Subsurface</em> +dive log is kept.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes +checked, no dives are added to the +<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>subsurface.log +subsurface.bin</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: +<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be +analyzed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual +information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive +computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and +the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent +Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication +requires four steps:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in + PC upload mode. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive +computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If you check the box labelled <em>"Choose +Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears. +===== Sur Linux ou MacOS :</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side, On the left hand +side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices +the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to +<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown +below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box. If +the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local +Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the +<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth +utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This finishes the first two +steps above. Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload +mode and it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual +of the dive computer for more information. Now the third item in the list +above has been finished. Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left +of the dialogue above. After searching, the dive computer should be listed +(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on +the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, +select the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the +<em>Scan</em> button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive +computer. The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of +the device, its address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired +and has a red background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting +the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the +task to complete. If this dive computer is being paired to Subsurface for +the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will request a Pass Code or PIN +number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000, and this works for the +Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the dive +computer being used.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive +computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use +other OS utilities as suggested below.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl +[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes +Request PIN code +[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue. This +closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from +dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are +shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the +right is not displayed as is the case on the Linux/Mac systems. To start a +scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the +<em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting the dive computer from the +list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer +is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface +will request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in +the user manual of the dive computer. A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often +the default.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download +process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your +permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a device, +Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a discovered +item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the <em>Download</em> +button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use +Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet +One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it will not work. However, +Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers (e.g. iSonic) that +support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em> +shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select +another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection +dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download +mode"</em> option.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly, + <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful, + <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains +information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection +with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to +upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is +the same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both +dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then you might like to +call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other "Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, +consider a technical diver who dives with two or more dive computers of the +same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. In this case it might +be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 +(2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log +→ Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the current Model, ID and +Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname field for +the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs show +the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name, allowing +easy identification of devices.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive +computer is not complete and more details must be added to have a full +record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the +top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add additional +information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for +hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example +when entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer doesn’t provide the +date and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas +mixture and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) +If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the +message in a blue box at the top of the panel shows the dive is being +edited. If you click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible +(left hand image, below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive +information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By +clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which you can choose the +correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and +minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text +box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown +in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water +temperature information and this box may have information. +If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading +might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature. +If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be +automatically supplied by +<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will +be used).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited +at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive +information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) +by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site +information. Then supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled <em>Location</em> +on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If +several dives are made at the same location, the site information for the +first dive is re-used. Existing dive locations can be edited by selecting +(on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site and by opening the +location information. Click the globe button on the right of the location +name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, +auto location of dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive +site name. When typing the name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears +showing all sites with similar names. If the dive site has been used before, +click on the already-existing name. The dive site names in the dropdown +list contain either a globe symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the +<em>Subsurface</em> database) or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that +appear consistent with the current dive site name but which haven’t been +added to the dive site database). If the present dive site has not been +used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the +coordinates and other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The +most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways +to specify coordinates:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Use the world map in the bottom right hand part of the <em>Subsurface</em> + window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location data - Move + the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick at the + appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are + stored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if you have an Android or iPhone device + with GPS and if the dive site coordinates were stored using it. + <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of four formats with + latitude followed by longitude: +</p> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal +minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds, +e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , +30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with +a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards +don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d +W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the +dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of +the panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location +name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name +causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these +dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the +same).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate +text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates. +This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site +based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is +automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box +(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom +of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the +current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several +sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and +Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive +site. The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe +icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive +performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives), +Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit +rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be +entered in this field +which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies +(separated with commas) who were on the +dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is +offered.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered. +Auto selection of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: You can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered +here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, +cave, etc. +<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the +program +will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing +<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the +information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel. Use them when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image +<a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an example of a +<strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of cylinder and +gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in the blue +box at the top of the panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of +<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) +determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive +computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and +automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the +table. The + button at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this +dive. The dark dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a +cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used +during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even +without a gas change event. Start by selecting a cylinder type on the +left-hand side of the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be +clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown +list of cylinders:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was +used for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the +available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as +well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in +the dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the +specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) +corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can +be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, +their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any +inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for +the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by +clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any +additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right +hand. The following is an example of a complete description for a dive using +two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered +using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you +click +the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through +a down-arrow:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or +just may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting mechanism +that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type in the +amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight system, +save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the +cell with the cursor. It’s possible to enter information for more than one +weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the top +right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dust bin icon on the +left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of +weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of +each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few items of +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the +<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). Other fields +remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the fields in +the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible that a diver +performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at +the same dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or +tags. Instead of completing the information for each dive separately, select +all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical +information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any +one of the selected dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain +information. This means if some fields have been edited for a particular +dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while editing the dives +simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives +simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same +information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, edited +information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the +edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in the +<strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds up the completion of the dive log after several +similar dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a +dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive +components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of +the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be +copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive +List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then, +from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected +dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive +log.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular +events, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily +done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up + the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed + on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> + below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> + below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at + the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be +saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If +the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory +image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, the newly +entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the dive +profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final +prompt to confirm the new data should now be saved permanently on the +computer disk.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If you’ve been diving for some time, it’s possible several dives were logged +using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be imported into +<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive +log software. While some software is supported natively, for others you will +need to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be +imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV +log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear +files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can +configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) +can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also +import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log software and some dive +computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some dive log +software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you import the +logbooks first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import from +there with <em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook +formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select +either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> +supports the data formats of many dive computers, including Suunto and +Shearwater. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple +records for the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If +there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the +beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will +not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information to import +data to <em>Subsurface</em>. +==== Using the universal import dialogue</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface +activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on <em>Import +Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of +<em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports available, +as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log + systems) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cochran dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDCF-formatted dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Poseidon MkVI CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +LiquiVision logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +divelog.de logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +OSTC Tools logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large +window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens the +imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not +accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained +below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.1. Importing from OSTCTools</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management +tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive +data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file +extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using +the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right +select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive +logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the +<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This +includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably +although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but +rather a useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC +devices. Only raw dive computer data will be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; you +have to manually complete the rest of the data you want (buddies, equipment, +notes, etc).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with +multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported +into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step +process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log +information.</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your desktop, using a + <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more + information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need to + create a user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Log into that web site, then + select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand + side. The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive + information (in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to + <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the + instructions below. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single +dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be +selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> +below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then select the +<em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, +displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, +the success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The <em>Apply</em> button +should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importer des données au format CSV</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either +as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed +circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data +in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that +allows easy information exchange between different computers or software +packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A +Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be +exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See +<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for +information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into +<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It’s normally +organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or +<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per +line.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into +<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to + that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, + dive duration, names of buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder + pressures before and after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All + the data for a single dive go on a single line of text, following the order + of the column headings. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information + about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second + intervals, indicating depth, water temperature, and cylinder pressure at + that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a single instant + in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the previous instant. Many + lines are required to complete the depth profile information for a single + dive. This is a common export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) + dive equipment and many software packages that handle dive computer data + and/or dive logs. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you needs to +know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Which character separates the different columns within a single line of + data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a + TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text + editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or + semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are + not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably + TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive + details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text + editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column + positions. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units? +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is +straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In +the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom +right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file +that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured +settings for common dive computers and software packages. + If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of +these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em> +option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate +field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, +the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system +(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for +the successful data import.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate +column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column +headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately +above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons +can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, <em>Subsurface</em> +expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the +column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the +appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue +cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", +drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue cell +immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in the +image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of +cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue. +When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue. +The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> +panel.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated +Values</em>. It is a file format that lets you view or edit information using a +text editor like Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler +(OS/X). There are two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data +are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. Second, all +information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or proprietary +attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. Because of its +simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format between many +software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database +and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also be used to +import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and +some dive computers.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most +important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character +used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is +frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When +exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be +specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally +organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of +the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each +field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance +<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives +using a comma as a field separator:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information +in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the +comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB +characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top +line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE +character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in +the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot +be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited +example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive +computer:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column +headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> +file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can be +used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. +Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a +smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters +like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as +part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use UTF-8 +character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the <em>CSV</em> +file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive +details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser +used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a +smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or +<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates +for the diving +location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App +stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect +the locations from the server. +To do this:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web + page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> + will be sent, a long number giving you access to the file server and + Companion App capabilities. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the app from + <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play + Store</a> or from + <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> + companion page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using + this option, but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with + the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to + activate the account. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forget their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an + email to recover the number. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app + saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the + <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on +the Default Preferences panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → +Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This helps +synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The +Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without +any dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu shows +with 3 options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it + is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A + world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which you can show the desired + position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the marked + location is wrong, simply choose a new location) and select the check + symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the name of + the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In + order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> you should set the time + to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and + located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the + stored locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select + the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the + web service and added to the list on the Android device. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and +time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the +selection box to the left showing they need to be uploaded to the +server. You can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected +location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations +(like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several selected locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations +or a map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by +selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then +selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the +list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If you select a location +(on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where +the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you select a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to +it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top +of the screen:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive + location. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. After editing and saving a +dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), upload it to the web service, as explained +below.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is +simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right +arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should; it +deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to +be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above +(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The + easiest way to get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or + just type it in. +===== Synchronisation +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device + and those on the web service synchronize each time the app is started. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it + is automatically sent to the server. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service +running in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous +collection of GPS locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X + minutes until stopped by the user. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes +and 50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a +location at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes +<strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent +locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new +location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is +saved. If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a +location every 50 meters.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to +the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the +server. It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an +account can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the +users own ID. The disconnect option is useful if your Android device was +used to download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained during +registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in" (see +left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location +information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive +location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a +continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, after import, +Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the times of +dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, +the location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the +bottom of the screen. After the dive, click on the red bar to end the +location service. While the location service is running you can only add +dives manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive +list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The +dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the web +service. There isn’t an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into +<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The +download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main +Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the +image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is +blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the +download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, you can +update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in +<em>Subsurface</em>. That applies the coordinates and names entered on the app to +all the new dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS +localities. If you have entered the name of the dive location in +<em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take +precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive +information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic +assignment of GPS data to dives depends on agreeing date-time information +between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide range tolerance, +it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there’s a large +difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android +device. That results in no updates.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons +for this (e.g. time zones). <em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which +is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running +<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included +in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more +subsequent dives as well). A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a +dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and +then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading GPS data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">TIPS:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with unnecessary locations + that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the + boat’s route. + Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some + situations it + is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive + points to the web server by simply deleting the inappropriate + locations. This might be necessary, for instance, if you want to keep the + location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to + the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name + Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a + dive trip with many dives and dive locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs +during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific dive, <em>Subsurface</em> +lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed on the dive +profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then +right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load +Images</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need +to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be aware +that the time synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used +during a dive, and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices +often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can synchronize, then the +exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on the dive +profile.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes in three ways:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with + the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Manually</strong>: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the + difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device + settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of + both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time + difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool + immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, shown in figure <strong>A</strong> below. + If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting + tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. + In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted + 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix + in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a + photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can get + the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within + each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If you use + the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on + the horizontal bar called "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up + a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the + photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer + appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly + when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo + so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the + date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between + camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize. + Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the + date-time. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the +dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions + reflecting the time each photograph was taken. To view the photos on the + dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to the left + of the dive profile: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo is +shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the added photographs. (see +the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small dustbin icon in the +bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting the dustbin removes +the image from the dive. Be careful when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can +also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> +tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive +(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be +accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually +accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile show +when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in +the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the +full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. A photo can +be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it (single-click) and then +by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH from +the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a +drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) the +photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction +between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating +a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of +selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. After the external +drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any +more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left +of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a small white dot where each +photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab only +shows the file names of the photos. If the external drive with the photos +is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory + where the photo lies is stored, letting <em>Subsurface</em> find the photograph when the dive is + opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different + machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded + photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved, + cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos + may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the + process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the + other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded + into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) +where photos have been moved to, +- calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally + calculated when a photo was + loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), + automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find + the photo in the new moved directory. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within + which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click + the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to + complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it +can access. When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated +with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the +fingerprints associated with a single dive if: +- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive + Profile</strong>. +- If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by + selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one +cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver doesn’t have +enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver needs +more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of +the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical +divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are +only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of + the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one, + specifying each’s characteristics and the gas composition within it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information + tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer + by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to + record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option + was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point + in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After + right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from + those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the + <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the + tank bar. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of +cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off +with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes for +decompression.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with +both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular +configuration for cave divers, Sidemount diving can be done by recreational +divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount dive logging +involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two + cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different + cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different + <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded + from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean + that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer + has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning + from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the + specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see + image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported + from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile. + Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then + selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the + currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 + to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive + profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the + profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all + the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures + for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive +logging tool.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving +equipment that recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing +carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a +tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, a small +amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically +containing nitrox). A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can +therefore dive for much longer periods than using a recreational +open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of +breathing gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR +(aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is released +continuously from the back cylinder.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps +outlined above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. + Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the + cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on + <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is +adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires +longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using +EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive +lasted over two hours.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that +has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a breathable oxygen +concentration: +a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas +regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The +CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active +development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD +Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional +recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the +download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored +independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log +directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the +same way it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at +a time.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive +information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, +select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the +<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that +section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown +list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently +include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other CCR +equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR +format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from +the CCR dive computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the +MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate +dive log, click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal +import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive +list.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the +information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to +recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas +composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of +pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen +partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings +during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as +given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as +follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However + differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different + sensors are treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false + data, it is ignored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to + the setpoint. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual +oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is +turned on by checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel +(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → +Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, +representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the +appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been checked.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related +information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is +activated. The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint +information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen partial +pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen partial +pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual +oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded +as follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 1: grey +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 2: blue +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 3: brown +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct +comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting +abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating +both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, +if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open +circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers +over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in +the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record +the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these +two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In +addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are +shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, +including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the +cylinder pressure data. In this case there is agreement from the readings of +the two oxygen sensors.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by +<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may +include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the +precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from +the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers, +however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in +the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this +ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the +dive profile:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can +be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → +Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive +computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for +Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix +B</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has +been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the +surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, +the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of +oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas +consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank +pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to +<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot +easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the +information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often +comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly +times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this +information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing +extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that +more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard +Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, +figures for only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of dives +selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the +minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and +surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and +deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most +detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on +the left hand side that lets you control several display options. The +functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive +Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to +depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the +recommended speed of going up or down in the water column. This information +is given using different colors:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the +graph. So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other +peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up +to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive +Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of +the dive profile increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of +the panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values +placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>, +N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and +dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or +repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, +nitrogen in black, and helium in dark red. These partial pressure graphs are +shown below the profile data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> +during the dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature +graphs.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> +during the dive.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> +during the dive. This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or +similar breathing gasses.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during +the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when +manually entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight +line. Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you +information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when +using an air integrated dive computer. Here the color coding is not +relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalized air +consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times +of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when +the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate +information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart +rate sensor.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using +the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default +<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes +and 30m + (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable; +something free divers won’t care about. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> +</span></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the +<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is +done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that you +wish to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white area +underneath the two red dots.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by +selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile +shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not +active, the photos are hidden.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more +precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each +particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent +ceilings occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a +diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to +either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to +the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it +available for download; for example none of the Suunto dive computers make +these data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates +ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive profile. +Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data available +(and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the calculation) +it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em> are +the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are +used. It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for +non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode +during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the +profile at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em> +calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive, +while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During +the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed +off so even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the +dive still does not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive +computers offer longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to +<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by +checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a +ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a +particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two +ways:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is +clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the +Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, +then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be +represented as a colored bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general +oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a red +bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red +and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder (yellow and green) +after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure +(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann +ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster +tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the +ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure +limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For +divers doing planned decompression diving, efficient rates of offgassing are +obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas pressure (grey +line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a representation +of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, the +<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> on +the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at the +moment in time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their +depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on +<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently +used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if +the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated +gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, +but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the +dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while +the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create +Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes other +than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive Computer. Markers +are placed against the depth profile line, with the time of the event set by +where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse button was first clicked to +bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve a selection of which gas is +being switched TO. The list of choices is based on the available gases +defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change events open a dialog letting +you choose the next setpoint value. As in the planner, a setpoint value of +zero shows the diver is breathing from an open circuit system while any +non-zero value shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By +right-clicking while over an existing marker a menu appears, adding options +to allow deletion of the marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be +hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by selecting Unhide all events +from the context menu.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive +profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the +<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see +left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved +around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so +that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information +Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box +expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the +time point along the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand +part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the situation +at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor +horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point along +the dive profile. In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive +statistics about depth, gas and ceiling characteristics of the particular +dive. These include: Time period into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, +cylinder pressure (P), temperature, ascent/descent rate, surface air +consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, maximum operating depth, +equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth (END), equivalent air +density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that instant in time +(Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well as the +calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of some statistics, shown as four +buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum +Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is +dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% +oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the +<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the +text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly +increased risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the +<strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time +duration that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, +that does not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling +appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required +(that is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the +number of minutes required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent +time as well as decompression time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent +surface air consumption (SAC) for the gas currently used. Even if the +profile contains several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the +dive is calculated using the current gas. TTS longer than 2 hours is not +accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air +Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized +respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real +respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly +double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication +of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive, so +the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for SAC +is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox +dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix +dives. These are important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their +values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD is +the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial pressure of +nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at hand. A nitrox dive +leads to the same decompression obligation as an air dive to the depth +equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has +the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen +as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect the same narcotic +effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of +data.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the +pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if +applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the +dive</em>. It is shown by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The +drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of +the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the + light green area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and + measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green + area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not + indicate absolute pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the + equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually + nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium + combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas + pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total + gas pressure value. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of + inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann + algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to + the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The + gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh + values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of + <strong>Subsurface</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived + M-value. That is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation + is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas +Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive can be seen on the right hand side +of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The + pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the equilibrium + pressure because no diving has taken place. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the + tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, so their gas + pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast + compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of + the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments + (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of + slowly increasing in pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since + during ascent the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 + bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now + exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value + (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in + exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 + minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the + pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in + the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the + diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be +performed using the Dive List Context Menu. It is found by selecting either +a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, +Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This +information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header +bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header +brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see +above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be deleted +(reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately +updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and +used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low +sequence numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering of +dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are +added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because of the +dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with an +older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives. Do this by +selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice +of the lowest sequence number to be used. This results in new sequence +numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the +dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the +Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears +letting the user specify the starting number for the process.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> +can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have +date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating a single +heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an +ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped +dive list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without +having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list, +(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel now +shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip +title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip +title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> +panel. Here you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip +location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the +dive company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions +during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from +the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the +<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more +trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This +expands the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows +several options to expand or collapse dives within trips. This includes +expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips +by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip +above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip +1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the +top four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip +by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then +grouped into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and +context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on the right (B):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete +dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete +workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short +duration.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, select +and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select +the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately +above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending on the date and +time of the unlinked dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed +within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to +bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply +to situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive +computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to +be adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> +option should be selected. You must then specify the time (in hours and +minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the option of +whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to +the surface for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being +recorded by the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive +List</strong> panel. You can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the +appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then +selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply +to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives +that were merged:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or +redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and +<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from +the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or +<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, so you can select only +some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive +master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list +the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a +particular buddy.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This +opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons +are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The +<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting +the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimized by +selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are +shown. The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized +it. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> +with the white cross.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person +(buddy / divemaster), dive site and dive suit. Each of these is represented +by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level +filter tool, allowing the listing of only some attributes within that check +list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter text box above the tags +check list, results in the list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and +"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find search terms for +filtering the dive list.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one +of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the +dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four +check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface filters +therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the filters +within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows +those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres + destinations ou formats</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of +export because a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> +userID and password. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>File → +Preferences → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up. (image <strong>A</strong> to the left, +below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password. Once logged into to +<em>Facebook</em> , the panel in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect +from Facebook</em> button to close the <em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’s easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em> has +a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → +Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed +out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active +(i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a +<em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy. Be sure the dive to be transferred to the +timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the +<strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a +dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information +transferred along with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a +dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a <em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The +checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much additional +information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is +shown in the text box on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, +below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted with the dive +profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the +text, select the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After +the transfer is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was +successful.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as +private. In order for friends to be able to see it, change its permissions +from a regular Facebook login either in a browser or a Facebook app.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en +sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu +principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des +préférences Facebook.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting +<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always +gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive +List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images +below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more + information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many + dive computers and computer programs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to + <em>Divelogs.de</em>, you need a user-ID as well as a password for + <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this + service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on + recreational dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration + with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive + profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, + duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information + that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, + including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each + dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with + an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript + must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains + most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show + the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder + pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to + search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the + Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export + all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a + portable record of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to + verify the dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry + an original logbook when doing dives with dive companies. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and + some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you + select any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available + in text, as shown in the image below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of + all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive + List</em>, together with the depth underwater where of each of those photos was + taken. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the + numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered + starting from 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will + be attached to the HTML exports. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported + and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font + size and theme. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for +instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a +record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it’s important +information required for admission to training courses or sometimes even +diving sites. The security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log +that is resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of +equipment, the Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit +that you can access your dive log from anywhere in the world. For this +reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store +dive log information on the Internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage +back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a +dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the +local hard disk. The only requirement is that you should first register as +a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these +steps:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that + <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the + dive log in the cloud. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the + (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to + the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the + email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text + box, not visible previously. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog +(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email +address confirmation) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account +will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the + <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>. +These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface +cloud storage</em> server. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud +storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>. + This means the data from +the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully +functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the +data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is +connected to the Internet. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that +you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open +<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, +log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of +the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive +information shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the +calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some cylinder +pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and +don’t need the web access), it’s simple to store dive logs in the cloud +using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For instance +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that allows +files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop +computer.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content +on your desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, +the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and +<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the +local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet +connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote +copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated +whenever Internet access is available.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly +from the Internet and can be accessed anywhere with Internet +access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox +(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> +Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To Store +a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main +menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To +access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the +<em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> +folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the +same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives. + Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part is + required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information + should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to + the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image +<strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to get the desired information +and page layout:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and + other information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print options</em> select: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before activating the + print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this + check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this + check box is not checked, printing is in black and white. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are +several choices. (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the + dive profiles + of each dive (see below): +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see + below) +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the +dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you +can change the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal +taste.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this +section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the operating +system, letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image +below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing +the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the +dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular +page.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized +printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. You can create +a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an +existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> +dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for +information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the +Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, +Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are +supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers can be read +and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware +driver is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading +dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known. See +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do +this.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>, +sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du +menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du +panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de +plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following +actions can be done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée + dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur + de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande + l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche + dans le panneau de configuration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée, + il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by +selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are in seven groups: +<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and +<strong>Georeference</strong>. All operate on the same principles: the user must specify +settings that are to be changed, then save them using the <strong>Apply</strong> +button. After applying all the new settings users can then leave the +settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, changes to the +preferences are not saved.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the + <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, you can see more dives on a screen. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> you need to specify the directory and + file name of your + electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When + launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk + as described above. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud + device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide + dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to + keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in + the dive list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in + the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using + animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to + dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not + happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled + by setting this slider + with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation + at all. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are + cleared and set to default values. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, +volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio +button at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen +measurement system. Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio +button, units can be selected independently, with some in the metric system +and others in imperial.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in +seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be +represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or +as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of +the dive profile: +<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during + the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> + panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the + Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is + highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded. +</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD) + for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used. +<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default + the computer reported ceiling is shown in white. + Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ + from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and + gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a + dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive. +</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the +<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there +was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. +<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows + the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before + ascent.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Misc</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is + the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. + At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. + Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a + similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower + the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with + respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient + factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered + harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the + deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at + all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub> + graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint + values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub> + values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system. + See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong> +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a + CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained + during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the + profile context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the + volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning + and decompression calculations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the + environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a + pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox lets you use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most cases +will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the same +language / country settings as the underlying operating system. To change +it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country combination from the +list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box lists similar languages. For +instance there are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This +particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources +on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs +to communicate with web services such as Cloud storage or the +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are +determined by your type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet +Service Provider (ISP) used. Your ISP should provide the appropriate +information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Proxy type</em>: +If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list, +after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should +be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and +password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass +through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained +from one’s ISP. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address + and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information + regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately. + Two additional options are given: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage + while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this + information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very + long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By + checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Facebook Access</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer +information from Subsurface to Facebook.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a connection to +Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one closing down +Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to +Subsurface", on the login screen has no effect. See the section +<a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a> for more information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates +of a dive site) derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom +right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the +<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find the +name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> +has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be +configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image +below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting +<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of nitrogen +load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition +of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user +is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly +used under the following conditions:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to + perform dive planning. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the + <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health + or personal history or life style characteristics. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is + used. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should + not use this feature. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several +sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered +into the sections on the left hand side of the screen. They are: Available +Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the +dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained +below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of +use.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan +Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way +that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning +messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image + above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open Circuit (the default) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Choose the Open Circuit option. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive + parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended + dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive + site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in meters, + assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the + cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that + cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for + <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the + cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown + list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen + concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain + air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes + provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to + the top right-hand of the dialogue. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to + represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by double-clicking + the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by right-clicking a + particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting + context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate + values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the + table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the + surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC + set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is + usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to + calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon + at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner + points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL). +It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression +stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes +into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a +way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using +recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are +done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means +dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> +dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, +in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em> +in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during +previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned. + For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives +onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning. +To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows +calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> + and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the + starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under + <em>Available gases</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough + air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, + under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC) + rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min, + with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom + section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The + reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to bring a + buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in sharing + depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so + most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 + or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better + because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas + during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still uses a fixed + pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used + when there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy + breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the + dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the + table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If + this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the + dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate + dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will + automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration + within the no-decompression limits (NDL). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those + considered safe for recreational divers. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco +limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings +specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid +assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen +load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the +amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under +<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive +duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account +gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it +means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive +duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 +meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the +dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the +text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for +buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or +using multiple breathing gases. These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, +as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> +to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B +model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low +need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> +panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within +the planner), the new values are +used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. +Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive. + ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified +on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model +tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often +results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When +selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological +models but only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding + M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient + factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco +for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: +1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des +modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive +and is specified for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth +as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is shown by a light grey +line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often in the +range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in the +range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop +to first depth</em> is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be +at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive +setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial +pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). +The most commonly +used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression +stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the +<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during +ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary +consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of +gas within the dive +cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly +sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate +of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in +liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the +dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess +is not sufficient and you needs to +monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. +The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning +if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to +the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept +for unforeseen circumstances. +For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> +offers an unique graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are +similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of +<em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for +40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top right hand of the +screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a +mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and +ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to +represent the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify +the ascent part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the +settings that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for +nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface above the dive profile +changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the +table on the left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in +each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in +the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main features of +the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops +(if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the ascent to +<em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way points in +order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A waypoint can be +moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. The waypoints listed in +the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in order to get a +precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the whole +dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained +in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These +changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the +table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, automatic gas +switches will be suggested during the ascent to the surface. These changes +can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and manually creating a gas +change by right-clicking on the appropriate waypoint.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner +points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the +segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last +manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is +computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the +last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero +set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only +considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent +using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button +towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear in +the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the +exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified +by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive +planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim +dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive +plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded +during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan +information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of +each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration +INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display +transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately +from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than +<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list. +The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> +from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump +ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop +accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the +pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan +details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out +cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables +are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints +are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable +to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen +in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in +the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the +diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen +cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from +the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table +use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments +in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint +means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated +using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a +CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression +algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but +this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment +is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive +List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to +change a saved dive plan. To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive +List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open +the selected dive plan within the dive planner, letting changes be made and +saved as usual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned +dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is +saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered +two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during +decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the +repetitive dive set are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start +Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures and the affect +of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning another dive, +then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been done then +activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, the +planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive and +plans accordingly.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a +template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you +want to plan a dive using this configuration, highlight the template dive in +the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes into account the +configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive +Plan Details</em> for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan +Details</em> to include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, +dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and +gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being +designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive +planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan +Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, +it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas +calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning +process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> +function on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and +paste to a word processor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu +principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers +des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée + actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive logbook to open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement + ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux + formats. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement + ouvert. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives + have been moved to + a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate + dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la + configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - + Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des + informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> - + Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em> + (téléphones et tablettes). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des + informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle + plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from + a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Planifier des plongées. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une + plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - Copier les + informations de plusieurs champs d’un journal de plongée vers le + presse-papier. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées + sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au + préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans + le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de + <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier + les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour coordonner vos journaux (logs). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement + certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de + <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la + <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la + plongée</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte + mondiale</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des + plongées effectuées. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was + logged from more than one. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre + Facebook. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de + <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de + Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de + <em>Subsurface</em> </a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore + meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre + sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers +in order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive computer +prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La + plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que + l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains + protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus + particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la + première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le + port USB de son ordinateur de bureau. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer +manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe +quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur +le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible +sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le +<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt +de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually +<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the correct device +name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the device +select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare cases where +this doesn’t work, here are some ways to find out what the device name is:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir +tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée +connectés.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ouvrir un terminal +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est +détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être +utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour +que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users +who are members special group that can be e.g. <code>dialout</code> or <code>uucp</code>. This +can be verified by listing the appropriate device permissions e.g. by <code>ls -l +/dev/ttyUSB0</code>. Note that the number in the file name depends on how many USB +devices you have connected, and must be adjusted appropriately. If one is +not root, one may not be a member of that group and won’t be able to use the +USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs +d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe +<code>dialout</code>. +Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et +vérifiez que +l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait +être listé +parmi les différents IDs. +Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexion +puis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès +en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et +vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a +different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with +<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user +guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log → +Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer +choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This +should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in +Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose +<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive +computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" +instead of "Incoming".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should +contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer +using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth +Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of +devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only +be needed once for initial setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or +Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common +distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be +straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right of +the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties with +some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try that +first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have +a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled +device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and +will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step +process.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Establish an RFCOMM connection +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the dives with Subsurface +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, +<em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then +<em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and +will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait +CMD …</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from +Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>. +The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On +most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This +is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in +the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using +the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive +computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and +select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a +password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive +computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command +line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller +status</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *DOWN* + RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 + TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, +connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional +controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle +plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now +power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted) +hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* + RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 + TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused +controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez +5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will +bring up its own command prompt.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>bluetoothctl +[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] +[bluetooth]# agent on +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode +Discovery started +[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes +[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel +[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes +Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded +[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes +Pairing successful +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says +<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), +there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called +<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning +Scanning ... + 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel + bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user +reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload +mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive +computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted) +Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel +in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help +determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater +Petrel 2</em>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Service Name: Serial Port +Service RecHandle: 0x10000 +Service Class ID List: + "Serial Port" (0x1101) + Protocol Descriptor List: + "L2CAP" (0x0100) + "RFCOMM" (0x0003) + Channel: 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel +listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user +forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s +upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select +<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor +(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point +(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file +system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and +equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very +similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those +that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that +you don’t enter a device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA +file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this +is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the +distribution. On Fedora it usually is +<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should +suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis +Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation +(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you +cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on +the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time you download +dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day +or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> +displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is +straightforward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and +reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the +download will continue where it stopped previously. You may have to do this +more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between +the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle +based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller +manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics +companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using +the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for +the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the +<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the +<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After +the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device +name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo dive +computer and download dive information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are +available from some Internet web sites e.g. +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. +Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the +ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on the download page for the +ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available +for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF +file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. +Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, +so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay +in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco +calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on +the DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" +option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are +available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but +does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for +<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors +in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated +by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP +BLACK.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the +section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom +communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, +obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows +application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive +logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilizes the +IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, +in three files:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt + extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed + version of the dive log using a proprietary format. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log +information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are +downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained +when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log +Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and +managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types +of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into +<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to + Clipboard</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text + file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the + <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled + <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer". +On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import +dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the +<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required, + do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD + dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is + DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible + to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first importing + CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are viewed by + selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading has been + completed) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- +generated ceiling provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the +appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data +are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the +<em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly +performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, +then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more +information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in +some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log +data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to +Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent +Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The +different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file +naming conventions to export dive log data.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the + appropriate dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the + last dive +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called + <em>Export Path</em>. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Click the browse button next to the field Export Path +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +A file-manager like window pops up +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Navigate to the directory for storing the + Divelog.SDE file +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Optionally change the name of the file for saving +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a +divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the +dives are stored. You can either look for the original database or make a +backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Help → About</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ouvrir l’explorateur Windows +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>File - Create backup</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use + DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows +downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. +The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at +C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be +directly imported to Subsurface.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a +Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The +database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular +computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy of +the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format +which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Within Dive Organizer, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and + back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file + DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Rename the file to DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a + file <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert +the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all +the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and information of +what units are used. With database import, all this information is included +and readily available.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Settings</em> button +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Close the Settings dialog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the +dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to +do is save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a +spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily +imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV +file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook +stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported to +<em>Subsurface</em>. Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is +somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row contains the +names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored +in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date, +Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight +and Tags). Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Durée : le format est minutes:secondes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange + entre les unités impériales et métriques) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des + virgules. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Position GPS : utilisez les degrés décimaux, par exemple : 30.22496 + 30.821798 +=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em> +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open +source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> +and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format +should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one +of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → +Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the +file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> +to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), +then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import +the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing +CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not +accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft +Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the +Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. You can change the +character back to the default character by following the same procedure, +outlined below.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> + from the list on the right-hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then + click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional + Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited + file, type the word TAB in the box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>OK</em> twice. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the +top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the +right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an +alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, +marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the +appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder +that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a +text editor, then import the dive data as explained on the section +<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs +to produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well +as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by +<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>, +<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified +templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the dive log +being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select one of the +templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue (see image +<strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired +printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color + template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are + editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for + printing the dive log. The colors are highly customizable: the <em>Edit</em> + buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different + components of the dive log printout.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a + template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming + primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in a highly simple but + efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and + saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as the dive being + processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with no specific + print instructions. The information printed needs to be specified and + formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: "<!-- + Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions + allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it + should be rendered.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log +directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be +modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in +the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the +template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back +end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows: +.template.html</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} + <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> + {% endfor %}</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> + <h1> 2 </h1> + <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at +<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sumWeight</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the summed weight of all used weight systems</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">startPressure</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the start pressure</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">endPressure</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the end pressure</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">firstGas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) first used gas</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as +<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data +is shown in the following table:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable +contains a single member:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + {{ print_options.grayscale }}; + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special +<em>CSS</em> selectors to searche in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the +following table should be added.</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used +in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when +data-numberofdives = 0).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives +in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as many dives as possible into +one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the +rendering mode.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render 6 dives per page: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render as much dives as possible: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any +page size.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending +with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> +calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates +gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, +it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, gas +consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - +end pressure)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive +theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually +don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that +one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong> +calculation is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". +It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a +fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do +high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the +majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without +the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple +calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The +compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about +eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface +pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or +be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as +mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts +becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not +contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts +pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, +divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer +differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to +trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for +your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long - +because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say +it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s +even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW +dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it +at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long +dive”.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, even +though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999 +dives? <em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the +log. The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total +amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the +dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The exact +amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on sample +interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives +get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last +13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before +they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can import +these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be +salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2016-03-12 13:57:29 CET +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> |